1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 438 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 439 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 440 * frame). 441 * 442 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 443 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 444 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 445 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 446 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 447 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 448 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 453 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 455 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 456 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 457 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 458 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 459 * 460 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 461 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 462 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 463 * global regdomain will be returned. 464 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 465 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 466 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 467 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 468 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 469 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 470 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 471 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 472 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 473 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 474 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 475 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 476 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 477 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 478 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 480 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 481 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 482 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 483 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 484 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 485 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 491 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 492 * 493 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 494 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 495 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 496 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 497 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 498 * added to all specified management frames generated by 499 * kernel/firmware/driver. 500 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 501 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 502 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 503 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 504 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 505 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 506 * 507 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 508 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 509 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 510 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 511 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 512 * be used. 513 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 514 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 515 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 516 * partial scan results may be available 517 * 518 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 519 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 520 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 521 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 522 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 523 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 524 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 525 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 526 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 527 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 528 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 529 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 530 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 531 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 532 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 533 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 534 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 535 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 536 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 537 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 538 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 539 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 540 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 541 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 542 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 543 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 544 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 545 * results available. 546 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 547 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 548 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 549 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 550 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 551 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 552 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 553 * 554 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 555 * or noise level 556 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 557 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 558 * 559 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 560 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 561 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 562 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 563 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 564 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 565 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 566 * ESS. 567 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 568 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 569 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 570 * authentication. 571 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 572 * 573 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 574 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 575 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 576 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 577 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 578 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 579 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 580 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 581 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 582 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 583 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 584 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 585 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 586 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 587 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 588 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 589 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 590 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 591 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 592 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 593 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 594 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 595 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 596 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 597 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 598 * the beacon hint was processed. 599 * 600 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 601 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 602 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 603 * authentication process. 604 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 605 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 606 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 607 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 608 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 609 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 610 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 611 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 612 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 613 * to the frame. 614 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 615 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 616 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 617 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 618 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 619 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 620 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 621 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 622 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 623 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 624 * pending authentication timed out). 625 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 626 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 627 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 628 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 629 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 630 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 631 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 632 * included). 633 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 634 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 635 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 636 * primitives). 637 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 638 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 639 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 640 * 641 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 642 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 643 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 644 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 645 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 646 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 647 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 648 * 649 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 650 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 651 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 652 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 653 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 654 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 655 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 656 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 657 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 658 * determined by the network interface. 659 * 660 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 661 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 662 * to the driver. 663 * 664 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 665 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 666 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 667 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 668 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 674 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 675 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 676 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 677 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 678 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 679 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 680 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 681 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 682 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 684 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 685 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 686 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 687 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 688 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 689 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 690 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 691 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 692 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 693 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 694 * a different BSS is desired. 695 * Background scan period can optionally be 696 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 697 * if not specified default background scan configuration 698 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 699 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 700 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 701 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 702 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 703 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 704 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 705 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 706 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 707 * well to remain backwards compatible. 708 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 709 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 710 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 711 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 712 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 713 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 714 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 715 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 716 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 717 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 718 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 719 * 720 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 721 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 722 * 723 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 724 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 725 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 726 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 727 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 728 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 729 * frequency for the operation. 730 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 731 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 732 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 733 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 734 * radio). 735 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 736 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 737 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 739 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 740 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 741 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 742 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 743 * uniquely identify the request. 744 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 745 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 746 * 747 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 748 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 749 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 750 * 751 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 752 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 753 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 754 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 755 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 756 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 757 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 758 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 759 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 760 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 761 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 762 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 763 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 764 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 765 * backward compatibility 766 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 767 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 768 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 769 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 770 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 771 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 772 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 773 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 774 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 775 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 776 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 777 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 778 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 779 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 780 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 781 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 782 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 783 * is used during CSA period. 784 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 785 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 786 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 787 * lower layers. 788 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 789 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 790 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 791 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 792 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 793 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 794 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 795 * wait time. 796 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 797 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 798 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 799 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 800 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 801 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 802 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 803 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 804 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 805 * backward compatibility. 806 * 807 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 808 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 809 * 810 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 811 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 812 * levels. 813 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 814 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 815 * reached. 816 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 817 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 818 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 819 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 820 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 821 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 822 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 823 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 824 * precedence when they are used. 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 827 * (no longer supported). 828 * 829 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 830 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 831 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 832 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 833 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 834 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 835 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 836 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 837 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 838 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 839 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 840 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 841 * command, the feature is disabled. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 844 * mesh config parameters may be given. 845 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 846 * network is determined by the network interface. 847 * 848 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 849 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 850 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 851 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 852 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 853 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 856 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 857 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 858 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 859 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 860 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 861 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 862 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 863 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 864 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 865 * depending on the authentication result. 866 * 867 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 868 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 869 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 870 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 871 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 872 * more background information, see 873 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 874 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 875 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 876 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 877 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 878 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 879 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 882 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 883 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 884 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 885 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 886 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 887 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 888 * 889 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 890 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 891 * 892 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 893 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 894 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 895 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 896 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 897 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 898 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 899 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 900 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 901 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 902 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 903 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 904 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 905 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 906 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 907 * 908 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 909 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 910 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 911 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 912 * is received. 913 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 914 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 915 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 916 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 917 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 918 * 919 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 920 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 921 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 922 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 925 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 926 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 927 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 928 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 929 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 930 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 931 * 932 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 933 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 934 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 935 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 936 * 937 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 938 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 941 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 942 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 943 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 944 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 945 * from the remote AP) is completed; 946 * 947 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 948 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 949 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 950 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 951 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 952 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 953 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 954 * interfaces to change channel as well. 955 * 956 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 957 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 958 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 959 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 960 * public action frame TX. 961 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 962 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 963 * 964 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 965 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 966 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 967 * is used for this. 968 * 969 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 970 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 971 * 972 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 973 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 974 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 975 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 976 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 977 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 978 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 979 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 980 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 981 * 982 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 983 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 984 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 985 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 986 * while operating on this channel. 987 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 988 * event. 989 * 990 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 991 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 992 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 993 * 994 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 995 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 996 * 997 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 998 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 999 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 1000 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 1001 * 1002 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1003 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1004 * complete. 1005 * 1006 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1007 * return back to normal. 1008 * 1009 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1011 * 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1013 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1014 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1016 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1018 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1019 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1020 * switch is complete. 1021 * 1022 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1023 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1025 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1026 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1027 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1028 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1029 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1030 * 1031 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1032 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1033 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1034 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1035 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1036 * 1037 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1038 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1039 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1040 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1041 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1042 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1043 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1044 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1045 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1046 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1047 * fail even if the check was successful. 1048 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1049 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1050 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1051 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1052 * 1053 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1054 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1055 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1056 * 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1058 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1059 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1060 * network is determined by the network interface. 1061 * 1062 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1063 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1064 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1065 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1066 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1067 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1068 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1069 * AP. 1070 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1071 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1072 * when this command completes. 1073 * 1074 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1075 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1076 * management. 1077 * 1078 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1079 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1080 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1081 * 1082 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1083 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1084 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1085 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1086 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1087 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1088 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1089 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1090 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1091 * added. 1092 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1093 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1094 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1095 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1096 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1097 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1098 * of the function upon success. 1099 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1100 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1101 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1102 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1103 * which just terminated. 1104 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1105 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1106 * the response to this command. 1107 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1108 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1109 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1110 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1111 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1112 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1113 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1114 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1115 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1116 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1117 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1118 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1119 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1120 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1121 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1122 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1123 * 1124 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1125 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1126 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1127 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1128 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1129 * 1130 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1131 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1132 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1133 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1134 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1135 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1136 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1137 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1138 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1139 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1140 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1141 * should be indicated instead. 1142 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1143 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1144 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1145 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1146 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1147 * 802.11 headers. 1148 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1149 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1150 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1151 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1152 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1153 * address of that link. 1154 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1155 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1156 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1157 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1158 * 1159 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1160 * 1161 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1162 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1163 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1164 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1165 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1166 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1167 * 1168 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1169 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1170 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1171 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1172 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1173 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1174 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1175 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1176 * command interface. 1177 * 1178 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1179 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1180 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1181 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1182 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1183 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1184 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1185 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1186 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1187 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1188 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1189 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1190 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1191 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1192 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1193 * authentication. 1194 * 1195 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1196 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1197 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1198 * 1199 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1200 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1201 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1202 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1203 * 1204 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1205 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1206 * 1207 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1208 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1209 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1210 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1211 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1212 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1213 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1214 * the netlink extended ack message. 1215 * 1216 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1217 * 1218 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1219 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1220 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1221 * buffer size. 1222 * 1223 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1224 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1225 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1226 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1227 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1228 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1229 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1230 * 1231 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1232 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1233 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1234 * determining the width and type. 1235 * 1236 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1237 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1238 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1239 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1240 * 1241 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1242 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1243 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1244 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1245 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1246 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1247 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1248 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1249 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1250 * rate selection. 1251 * 1252 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1253 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1254 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1255 * 1256 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1257 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1258 * 1259 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1260 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1261 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1262 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1263 * 1264 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1265 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1266 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1267 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1268 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1269 * 1270 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1271 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1272 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1273 * 1274 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1275 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1276 * 1277 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1278 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1279 * 1280 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1281 * started 1282 * 1283 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1284 * been aborted 1285 * 1286 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1287 * has completed 1288 * 1289 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1290 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1291 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1292 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1293 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1294 * 1295 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1296 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1297 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1298 * specify the timeout value. 1299 * 1300 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1301 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1302 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1303 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1304 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1305 * 1306 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1307 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1308 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1309 * 1310 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1311 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1312 */ 1313 enum nl80211_commands { 1314 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1315 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1316 1317 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1318 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1319 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1320 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1321 1322 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1324 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1325 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1326 1327 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1328 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1329 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1330 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1333 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1334 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1335 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1336 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1337 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1338 1339 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1340 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1341 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1342 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1343 1344 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1345 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1346 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1347 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1350 1351 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1352 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1355 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1356 1357 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1358 1359 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1360 1361 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1362 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1363 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1364 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1369 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1370 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1371 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1372 1373 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1374 1375 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1376 1377 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1378 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1379 1380 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1381 1382 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1383 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1384 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1385 1386 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1387 1388 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1389 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1390 1391 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1392 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1393 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1394 1395 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1396 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1397 1398 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1399 1400 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1401 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1402 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1403 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1404 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1405 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1406 1407 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1408 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1409 1410 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1411 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1414 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1415 1416 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1417 1418 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1419 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1420 1421 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1422 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1423 1424 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1425 1426 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1427 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1428 1429 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1430 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1431 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1432 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1433 1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1435 1436 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1437 1438 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1439 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1440 1441 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1442 1443 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1444 1445 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1446 1447 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1448 1449 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1450 1451 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1452 1453 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1454 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1455 1456 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1457 1458 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1459 1460 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1461 1462 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1463 1464 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1465 1466 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1467 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1470 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1471 1472 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1473 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1474 1475 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1476 1477 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1478 1479 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1480 1481 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1482 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1483 1484 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1485 1486 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1487 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1488 1489 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1490 1491 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1492 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1493 1494 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1495 1496 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1497 1498 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1499 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1500 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1501 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1502 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1503 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1504 1505 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1506 1507 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1508 1509 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1510 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1511 1512 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1513 1514 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1515 1516 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1519 1520 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1521 1522 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1523 1524 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1525 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1526 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1527 1528 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1529 1530 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1531 1532 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1533 1534 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1535 1536 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1537 1538 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1539 1540 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1541 1542 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1543 1544 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1545 1546 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1547 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1548 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1549 1550 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1551 1552 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1553 1554 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1555 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1556 1557 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1558 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1559 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1560 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 1561 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 1562 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 1563 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 1564 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 1565 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6, 1566 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7, 1567 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8, 1568 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9, 1569 NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10, 1570 1571 /* add new commands above here */ 1572 1573 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1574 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1575 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1576 }; 1577 1578 /* 1579 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1580 * here 1581 */ 1582 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1583 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1584 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1585 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1586 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1587 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1588 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1589 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1590 1591 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1592 1593 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1594 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1595 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1596 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1597 1598 /** 1599 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1600 * 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1602 * 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1604 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1608 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1609 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1610 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1611 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1613 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1614 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1616 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1617 * operating channel center frequency. 1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1619 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1621 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1622 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1623 * this attribute) 1624 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1625 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1626 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1627 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1629 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1630 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1632 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1633 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1635 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1636 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1638 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1639 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1641 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1642 * 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1646 * 1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1648 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1649 * 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1651 * 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1653 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1654 * keys 1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1657 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1659 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1662 * default management key 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1664 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1666 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1667 * 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1672 * 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1675 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1677 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1679 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1680 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1682 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1684 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1685 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1686 * 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1688 * consisting of a nested array. 1689 * 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1692 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1695 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1696 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1697 * 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1699 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1700 * 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1702 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1703 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1704 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1705 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1706 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1707 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1708 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1709 * to a specific alpha2. 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1711 * rules. 1712 * 1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1715 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1717 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1719 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1720 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1721 * 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1723 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1726 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1727 * of the interface mode. 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1730 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1731 * 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1733 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1734 * 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1736 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1738 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1740 * that can be added to a scan request 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1742 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1744 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1745 * 1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1748 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1750 * 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1752 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1754 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1755 * 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1757 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1758 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1759 * 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1761 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1762 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1765 * represented as a u32 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1767 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1770 * a u32 1771 * 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1773 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1774 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1775 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1776 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1778 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1779 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1780 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1781 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1782 * 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1784 * cipher suites 1785 * 1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1787 * for other networks on different channels 1788 * 1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1790 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1791 * 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1793 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1794 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1795 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1796 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1797 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1798 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1799 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1800 * 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1802 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1803 * 1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1805 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1806 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1807 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1808 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1809 * default in station mode. 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1811 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1812 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1813 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1814 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1815 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1817 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1818 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1820 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1821 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1822 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1823 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1824 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1825 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1826 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1827 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1828 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1829 * 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1831 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1832 * 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1834 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1835 * a local disconnect request. 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1837 * event (u16) 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1839 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1840 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1841 * 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1843 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1844 * (an array of u32). 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1846 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1847 * u32). 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1849 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1850 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1852 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1853 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1854 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1855 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1856 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1857 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1858 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1861 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1863 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1864 * 1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1866 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1867 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1868 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1869 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1870 * 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1872 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1874 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1875 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1876 * 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1878 * 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1880 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1881 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1882 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1883 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1884 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1885 * completely from scratch. 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1890 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1891 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1892 * 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1895 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1896 * 1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1899 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1900 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1901 * 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1903 * 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1905 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1906 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1907 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1908 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1909 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1910 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1911 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1912 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1913 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1914 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1915 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1916 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1917 * 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1919 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1921 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1923 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1924 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1925 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1927 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1928 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1931 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1932 * 1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1934 * 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1936 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1937 * 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1939 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1940 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1941 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1942 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1943 * 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1945 * connected to this BSS. 1946 * 1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1948 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1950 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1951 * for non-automatic settings. 1952 * 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1954 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1957 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1958 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1959 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1960 * 1961 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1962 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1963 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1964 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1965 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1966 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1967 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1968 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1969 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1970 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1973 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1974 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1975 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1976 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1977 * 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1979 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1980 * 1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1982 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1983 * 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1985 * 1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1987 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1988 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1989 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1990 * nl80211 capability flag. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1993 * 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1995 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1996 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1999 * changed once the mesh is active. 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2001 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2003 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2004 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2006 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2007 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2008 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2009 * 2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2011 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2013 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2014 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2015 * triggers. 2016 * 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2018 * cycles, in msecs. 2019 * 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2021 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2022 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2023 * pass-thru filter rules. 2024 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2025 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2026 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2027 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2028 * able to ignore them by itself. 2029 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2030 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2031 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2032 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2033 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2034 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2035 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2036 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2039 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2040 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2042 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2043 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2044 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2045 * 2046 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2047 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2048 * 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2050 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2051 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2052 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2055 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2056 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2057 * 2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2059 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2060 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2061 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2063 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2064 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2065 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2066 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2067 * 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2069 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2071 * as AP. 2072 * 2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2074 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2077 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2078 * 2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2080 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2081 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2082 * applications use this attribute. 2083 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2084 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2085 * 2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2087 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2088 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2090 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2092 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2094 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2096 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2097 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2098 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2099 * 2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2101 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2102 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2103 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2106 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2107 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2108 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2109 * 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2111 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2113 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2114 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2115 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2116 * 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2118 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2119 * to be filled by the FW. 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2121 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2122 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2124 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2125 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2127 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2128 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2130 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2131 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2132 * The values that may be configured are: 2133 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2134 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2135 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2136 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2137 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2138 * 2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2140 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2141 * to one DFS region. 2142 * 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2144 * up to 16 TIDs. 2145 * 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2147 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2148 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2149 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2150 * capability to timeout the stations. 2151 * 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2153 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2154 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2155 * 2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2157 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2158 * 2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2160 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2161 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2162 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2163 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2164 * 2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2166 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2167 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2170 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2171 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2172 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2173 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2174 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2175 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2176 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2177 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2178 * consistent. 2179 * 2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2181 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2184 * 2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2186 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2188 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2189 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2190 * no change is made. 2191 * 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2193 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2194 * 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2196 * carried in a u32 attribute 2197 * 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2199 * MAC ACL. 2200 * 2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2202 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2203 * ACL. 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2206 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2207 * 2208 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2209 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2210 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2212 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2213 * 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2215 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2216 * 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2218 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2219 * and PU-APSD. 2220 * 2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2222 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2223 * 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2225 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2226 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2227 * 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2229 * 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2231 * Element 2232 * 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2234 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2236 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2239 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2240 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2241 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2242 * 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2244 * 2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2246 * until the channel switch event. 2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2248 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2249 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2250 * was requested by the AP. 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2252 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2254 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2256 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2257 * 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2259 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2260 * 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2262 * 2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2264 * operating classes. 2265 * 2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2267 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2268 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2269 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2270 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2271 * IBSS network. 2272 * 2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2274 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2276 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2277 * 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2279 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2280 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2281 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2282 * u8 attribute. 2283 * 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2285 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2288 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2289 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2290 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2291 * 2292 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2293 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2294 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2295 * 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2298 * 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2300 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2301 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2302 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2303 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2304 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2305 * 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2307 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2309 * supported number of csa counters. 2310 * 2311 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2312 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2313 * 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2315 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2316 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2317 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2318 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2319 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2320 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2321 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2322 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2323 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2324 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2325 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2326 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2327 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2328 * multicast group. 2329 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2330 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2331 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2332 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2333 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2334 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2335 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2336 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2337 * 2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2339 * the TDLS link initiator. 2340 * 2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2342 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2343 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2344 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2345 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2346 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2347 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2348 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2349 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2350 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2351 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2352 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2353 * 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2355 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2356 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2357 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2358 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2359 * 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2363 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2364 * 2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2366 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2367 * 2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2369 * 2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2371 * 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2373 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2374 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2375 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2376 * 2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2378 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2379 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2380 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2381 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2382 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2383 * 2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2385 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2386 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2387 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2388 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2389 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2390 * over all channels. 2391 * 2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2393 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2394 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2395 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2396 2397 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2398 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2399 * 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2401 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2403 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2405 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2407 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2408 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2409 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2410 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2411 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2413 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2414 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2415 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2416 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2417 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2418 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2419 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2420 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2421 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2422 * 2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2424 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2425 * 2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2427 * 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2429 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2430 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2431 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2432 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2433 * present. 2434 * 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2436 * groupID for monitor mode. 2437 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2438 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2439 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2440 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2441 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2442 * each group. 2443 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2444 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2445 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2446 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2447 * groupID data. 2448 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2450 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2451 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2452 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2453 * 2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2455 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2456 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2457 * attribute must not be included). 2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2459 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2461 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2462 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2463 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2464 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2466 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2467 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2468 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2469 * 2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2471 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2472 * 2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2474 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2475 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2476 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2477 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2479 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2480 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2481 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2482 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2483 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2484 * the device will decide what to use. 2485 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2486 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2487 * attribute. 2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2489 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2491 * protection. 2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2493 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2494 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2495 * 2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2497 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2498 * 2499 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2500 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2501 * 2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2503 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2504 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2505 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2506 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2507 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2508 * unnecessary wakeups. 2509 * 2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2511 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2513 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2514 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2515 * 2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2517 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2518 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2519 * 2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2521 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2522 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2523 * 2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2525 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2526 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2527 * 2528 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2529 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2530 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2531 * 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2533 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2534 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2535 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2536 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2537 * 2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2539 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2540 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2541 * 2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2543 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2544 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2545 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2546 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2547 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2548 * is included as well. 2549 * 2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2551 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2552 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2553 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2554 * 2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2556 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2557 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2560 * 2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2562 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2563 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2564 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2566 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2567 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2568 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2569 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2570 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2571 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2572 * 2573 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2574 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2575 * 2576 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2577 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2578 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2579 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2580 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2581 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2582 * enforced. 2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2584 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2585 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2586 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2587 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2588 * 2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2590 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2591 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2592 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2593 * 2594 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2595 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2596 * 2597 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2598 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2599 * invalid value. 2600 * 2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2602 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2603 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2604 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2605 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2606 * 2607 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2608 * scheduler. 2609 * 2610 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2611 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2612 * possible values. 2613 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2614 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2615 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2616 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2617 * or per-station. 2618 * 2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2620 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2621 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2622 * 2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2624 * 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2626 * functionality. 2627 * 2628 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2629 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2630 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2631 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2632 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2633 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2634 * 2635 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2636 * (u16). 2637 * 2638 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2639 * 2640 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2641 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2642 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2643 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2644 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2645 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2646 * 2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2648 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2649 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2650 * attributes. 2651 * 2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2653 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2654 * 2655 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2656 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2657 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2658 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2659 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2660 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2661 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2662 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2663 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2664 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2665 * 2666 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2667 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2668 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2669 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2670 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2671 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2672 * has expired. 2673 * 2674 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2675 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2676 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2677 * disassociation is still forced. 2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2679 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2680 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2681 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2682 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2683 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2684 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2686 * 2687 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2688 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2689 * 2690 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2691 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2692 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2693 * 2694 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2695 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2696 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2697 * 2698 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2699 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2701 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2702 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2703 * 2704 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2705 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2706 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2707 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2708 * 2709 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2710 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2711 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2712 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2713 * 2714 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2715 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2716 * is desired. 2717 * 2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2719 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2720 * 2721 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2722 * until the color switch event. 2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2724 * switching to 2725 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2726 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2727 * 2728 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2729 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2730 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2731 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2732 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2733 * parameters. 2734 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2735 * 2736 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2737 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2738 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2739 * 2740 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2741 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2742 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2743 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2744 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2745 * radar channel. 2746 * 2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2748 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2749 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2750 * 2751 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2752 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2753 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2754 * 2755 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2756 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2758 * per-link information and a link ID. 2759 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2760 * authenticate/associate. 2761 * 2762 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2763 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2764 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2765 * 2766 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2767 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2768 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2769 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2770 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2771 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2772 * 2773 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2774 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2775 * 2776 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2777 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2778 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2779 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2780 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2781 * the ack TX timestamp. 2782 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2783 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2784 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2785 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2786 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2787 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2788 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2789 * (re)associations. 2790 * 2791 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2792 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2793 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2794 * reserved. 2795 * 2796 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2798 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2799 * @__NL80211_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new max 2800 * implemented attribute if NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* attributes 2801 * enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes. 2802 */ 2803 enum nl80211_attrs { 2804 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2805 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2808 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2809 2810 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2811 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2815 2816 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2817 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2818 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2819 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2820 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2821 2822 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2823 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2824 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2825 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2826 2827 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2828 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2829 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2830 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2831 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2832 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2833 2834 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2835 2836 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2837 2838 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2839 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2840 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2841 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2842 2843 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2844 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2845 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2846 2847 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2848 2849 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2850 2851 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2852 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2853 2854 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2857 2858 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2859 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2860 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2861 2862 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2863 2864 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2865 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2866 2867 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2868 2869 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2870 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2871 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2872 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2873 2874 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2875 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2878 2879 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2880 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2881 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2882 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2883 2884 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2885 2886 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2887 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2888 2889 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2890 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2893 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2896 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2897 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2898 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2899 2900 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2903 2904 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2905 2906 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2907 2908 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2911 2912 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2913 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2914 2915 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2916 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2917 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2919 2920 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2921 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2922 2923 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2924 2925 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2926 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2927 2928 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2929 2930 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2931 2932 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2933 2934 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2935 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2938 2939 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2940 2941 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2944 2945 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2946 2947 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2948 2949 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2952 2953 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2954 2955 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2956 2957 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2958 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2959 2960 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2961 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2962 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2963 2964 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2965 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2966 2967 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2968 2969 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2970 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2971 2972 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2973 2974 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2975 2976 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2977 2978 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2979 2980 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2981 2982 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2983 2984 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2985 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2986 2987 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2988 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2989 2990 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2991 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2992 2993 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2994 2995 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2996 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2997 2998 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2999 3000 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3001 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3008 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3009 3010 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3011 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3012 3013 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3014 3015 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3016 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3017 3018 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3019 3020 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3021 3022 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3023 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3024 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3025 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3026 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3027 3028 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3029 3030 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3031 3032 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3033 3034 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3037 3038 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3039 3040 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3041 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3042 3043 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3044 3045 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3046 3047 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3048 3049 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3050 3051 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3052 3053 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3054 3055 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3056 3057 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3058 3059 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3060 3061 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3062 3063 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3064 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3065 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3066 3067 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3068 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3069 3070 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3071 3072 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3073 3074 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3075 3076 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3077 3078 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3079 3080 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3081 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3082 3083 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3084 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3085 3086 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3087 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3088 3089 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3090 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3091 3092 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3093 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3094 3095 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3096 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3097 3098 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3099 3100 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3101 3102 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3103 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3104 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3105 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3106 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3107 3108 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3109 3110 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3111 3112 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3113 3114 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3115 3116 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3117 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3118 3119 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3120 3121 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3122 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3123 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3124 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3125 3126 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3127 3128 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3129 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3130 3131 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3132 3133 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3134 3135 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3136 3137 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3138 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3139 3140 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3141 3142 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3143 3144 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3145 3146 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3147 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3148 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3149 3150 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3151 3152 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3153 3154 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3155 3156 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3157 3158 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3159 3160 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3161 3162 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3163 3164 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3165 3166 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3167 3168 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3169 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3170 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3171 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3172 3173 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3174 3175 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3176 3177 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3178 3179 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3180 3181 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3182 3183 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3184 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3185 3186 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3187 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3188 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3189 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3190 3191 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3192 3193 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3194 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3195 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3196 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3197 3198 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3199 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3200 3201 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3202 3203 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3204 3205 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3206 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3207 3208 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3209 3210 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3211 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3212 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3213 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3214 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3215 3216 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3217 3218 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3219 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3220 3221 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3222 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3223 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3224 3225 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3226 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3227 3228 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3229 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3230 3231 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3232 3233 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3234 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3235 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3236 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3237 3238 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3239 3240 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3241 3242 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3243 3244 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3245 3246 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3247 3248 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3249 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3250 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3251 3252 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3253 3254 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3255 3256 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3257 3258 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3259 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3260 3261 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3262 3263 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3264 3265 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3266 3267 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3268 3269 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3270 3271 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3272 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3273 3274 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3275 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3276 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3277 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3278 3279 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3280 3281 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3282 3283 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3284 3285 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3286 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3287 3288 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3289 3290 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3291 3292 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3293 3294 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3295 3296 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3297 3298 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3299 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3300 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3301 3302 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3303 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3304 3305 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3306 3307 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3308 3309 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3310 3311 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3312 3313 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3314 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3315 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3316 3317 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3318 3319 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3320 3321 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3322 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3323 3324 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3325 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3326 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3327 3328 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3329 3330 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 3331 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 3332 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 3333 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 3334 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 3335 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6, 3336 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7, 3337 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8, 3338 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9, 3339 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10, 3340 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_11, 3341 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_12, 3342 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_13, 3343 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_14, 3344 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_15, 3345 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_16, 3346 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_17, 3347 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_18, 3348 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_19, 3349 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_20, 3350 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_21, 3351 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_22, 3352 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_23, 3353 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_24, 3354 NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_25, 3355 3356 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3357 3358 __NL80211_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3359 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3360 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3361 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3362 }; 3363 3364 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3365 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3366 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3367 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3368 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3369 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3370 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3371 3372 /* 3373 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3374 * here 3375 */ 3376 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3377 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3378 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3379 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3380 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3381 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3382 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3383 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3384 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3385 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3386 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3387 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3388 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3389 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3390 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3391 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3392 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3393 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3394 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3395 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3396 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3397 3398 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3399 3400 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3401 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3402 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3403 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3404 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3405 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3406 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3407 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3408 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3409 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3410 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3411 3412 /* 3413 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3414 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3415 */ 3416 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3417 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3418 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3419 3420 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3421 3422 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3423 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3424 3425 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3426 3427 /** 3428 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3429 * 3430 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3431 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3432 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3433 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3434 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3435 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3436 * AP type interface. 3437 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3438 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3439 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3440 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3441 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3442 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3443 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3444 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3445 * commands to create and destroy one 3446 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3447 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3448 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3449 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3450 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3451 * 3452 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3453 * to set the type of an interface. 3454 * 3455 */ 3456 enum nl80211_iftype { 3457 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3458 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3459 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3460 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3461 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3462 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3463 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3464 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3465 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3466 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3467 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3468 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3469 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3470 3471 /* keep last */ 3472 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3473 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3474 }; 3475 3476 /** 3477 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3478 * 3479 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3480 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3481 * 3482 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3483 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3484 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3485 * with short barker preamble 3486 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3487 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3488 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3489 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3490 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3491 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3492 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3493 * as errors.) 3494 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3495 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3496 * previously added station into associated state 3497 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3498 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3499 */ 3500 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3501 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3502 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3503 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3504 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3505 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3506 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3507 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3508 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3509 3510 /* keep last */ 3511 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3512 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3513 }; 3514 3515 /** 3516 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3517 * 3518 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3519 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3520 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3521 */ 3522 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3523 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3524 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3525 3526 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3527 }; 3528 3529 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3530 3531 /** 3532 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3533 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3534 * @set: which values to set them to 3535 * 3536 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3537 */ 3538 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3539 __u32 mask; 3540 __u32 set; 3541 } __attribute__((packed)); 3542 3543 /** 3544 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3545 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3546 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3547 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3548 */ 3549 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3550 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3551 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3552 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3553 }; 3554 3555 /** 3556 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3557 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3558 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3559 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3560 */ 3561 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3562 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3563 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3564 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3565 }; 3566 3567 /** 3568 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3569 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3570 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3571 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3572 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3573 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3574 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3575 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3576 */ 3577 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3578 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3579 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3580 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3581 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3582 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3583 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3584 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3585 }; 3586 3587 /** 3588 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3589 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3590 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3591 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3592 */ 3593 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3594 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3595 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3596 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3597 }; 3598 3599 /** 3600 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3601 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3602 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3603 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3604 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3605 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3606 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3607 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3608 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3609 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3610 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3611 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3612 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3613 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3614 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3615 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3616 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3617 */ 3618 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3622 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3623 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3624 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3625 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3626 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3634 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3635 }; 3636 3637 /** 3638 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3639 * 3640 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3641 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3642 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3643 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3644 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3645 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3646 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3647 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3648 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3649 * 3650 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3651 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3652 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3653 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3654 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3655 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3656 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3657 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3658 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3659 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3660 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3661 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3662 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3663 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3664 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3665 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3666 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3667 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3668 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3669 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3670 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3671 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3672 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3673 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3674 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3675 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3676 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3677 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3678 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3679 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3680 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3681 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3682 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3683 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3684 */ 3685 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3686 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3687 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3688 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3689 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3690 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3691 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3692 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3693 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3694 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3695 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3696 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3697 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3698 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3699 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3700 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3701 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3702 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3703 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3704 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3705 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3706 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3707 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3708 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3709 3710 /* keep last */ 3711 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3712 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3713 }; 3714 3715 /** 3716 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3717 * 3718 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3719 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3720 * 3721 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3722 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3723 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3724 * (flag) 3725 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3726 * (flag) 3727 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3728 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3729 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3730 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3731 */ 3732 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3733 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3734 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3735 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3736 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3737 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3738 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3739 3740 /* keep last */ 3741 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3742 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3743 }; 3744 3745 /** 3746 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3747 * 3748 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3749 * when getting information about a station. 3750 * 3751 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3752 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3753 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3754 * (u32, from this station) 3755 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3756 * (u32, to this station) 3757 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3758 * (u64, from this station) 3759 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3760 * (u64, to this station) 3761 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3762 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3763 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3764 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3765 * (u32, from this station) 3766 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3767 * (u32, to this station) 3768 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3769 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3770 * (u32, to this station) 3771 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3772 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3773 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3774 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3775 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3776 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3777 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3778 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3779 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3780 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3781 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3782 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3783 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3784 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3785 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3786 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3787 * non-peer STA 3788 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3789 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3790 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3791 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3792 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3793 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3794 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3795 * (u64) 3796 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3797 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3798 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3799 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3800 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3801 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3802 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3803 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3804 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3805 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3806 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3807 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3808 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3809 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3810 * (u32, from this station) 3811 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3812 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3813 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3814 * might not be fully accurate. 3815 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3816 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3817 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3818 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3819 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3820 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3821 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3822 * of STA's association 3823 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3824 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3825 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3826 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3827 */ 3828 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3829 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3830 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3831 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3832 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3833 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3834 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3835 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3836 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3837 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3838 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3839 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3840 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3841 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3842 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3843 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3844 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3845 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3846 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3847 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3848 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3849 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3850 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3851 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3852 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3853 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3854 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3855 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3856 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3857 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3858 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3859 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3860 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3861 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3862 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3863 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3864 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3865 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3866 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3867 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3868 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3869 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3870 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3871 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3872 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3873 NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 3874 NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 3875 NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 3876 NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 3877 NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 3878 3879 /* keep last */ 3880 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3881 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3882 }; 3883 3884 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3885 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3886 3887 3888 /** 3889 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3890 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3891 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3892 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3893 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3894 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3895 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3896 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3897 * MSDUs (u64) 3898 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3899 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3900 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3901 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3902 */ 3903 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3904 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3905 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3906 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3907 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3908 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3909 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3910 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3911 3912 /* keep last */ 3913 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3914 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3915 }; 3916 3917 /** 3918 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3919 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3920 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3921 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3922 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3923 * backlogged 3924 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3925 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3926 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3927 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3928 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3929 * (only for per-phy stats) 3930 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3931 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3932 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3933 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3934 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3935 */ 3936 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3937 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3938 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3939 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3940 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3941 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3942 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3943 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3944 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3945 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3946 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3947 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3948 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3949 3950 /* keep last */ 3951 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3952 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3953 }; 3954 3955 /** 3956 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3957 * 3958 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3959 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3960 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3961 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3962 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3963 */ 3964 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3965 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3966 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3967 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3968 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3969 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3970 }; 3971 3972 /** 3973 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3974 * 3975 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3976 * information about a mesh path. 3977 * 3978 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3979 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3980 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3981 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3982 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3983 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3984 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3985 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3986 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3987 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3988 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3989 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3990 * currently defined 3991 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3992 */ 3993 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3994 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3995 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3996 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3997 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3998 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3999 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4000 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4001 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4002 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4003 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4004 4005 /* keep last */ 4006 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4007 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4008 }; 4009 4010 /** 4011 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4012 * 4013 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4014 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4015 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4016 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4017 * capabilities IE 4018 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4019 * capabilities IE 4020 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4021 * capabilities IE 4022 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4023 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4024 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 4025 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 4026 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4027 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4028 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4029 * capabilities element 4030 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4031 * capabilities element 4032 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4033 * capabilities element 4034 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4035 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4036 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4037 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4038 */ 4039 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4040 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4041 4042 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4043 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4044 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4045 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4046 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4047 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4048 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4049 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4050 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4051 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4052 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4053 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 4054 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 4055 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 4056 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 4057 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 4058 4059 /* keep last */ 4060 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4061 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4062 }; 4063 4064 /** 4065 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4066 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4067 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4068 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4069 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4070 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4071 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4072 * defined in 802.11n 4073 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4074 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4075 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4076 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4077 * defined in 802.11ac 4078 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4079 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4080 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4081 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4082 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4083 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4084 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4085 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4086 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4087 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4088 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4089 */ 4090 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4091 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4092 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4093 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4094 4095 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4096 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4097 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4098 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4099 4100 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4101 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4102 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4103 4104 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4105 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4106 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 4107 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 4108 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 4109 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 4110 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 4111 4112 /* keep last */ 4113 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4114 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4115 }; 4116 4117 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4118 4119 /** 4120 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4121 * 4122 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4123 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4124 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4125 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4126 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4127 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4128 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4129 */ 4130 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4131 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4132 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4133 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4134 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4135 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4136 4137 /* keep last */ 4138 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4139 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4140 }; 4141 4142 /** 4143 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4144 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4145 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4146 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4147 * regulatory domain. 4148 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4149 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4150 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4151 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4152 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4153 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4154 * (100 * dBm). 4155 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4156 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4157 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 4158 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4159 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4160 * channel as the control channel 4161 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4162 * channel as the control channel 4163 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4164 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4165 * this includes 80+80 channels 4166 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4167 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4168 * isn't possible 4169 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4170 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4171 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4172 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4173 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4174 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4175 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4176 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4177 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4178 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4179 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4180 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4181 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4182 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4183 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4184 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4185 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4186 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4187 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4188 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4189 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4190 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4191 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4192 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4193 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4194 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4195 * in current regulatory domain. 4196 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4197 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4198 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4199 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4200 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4201 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4202 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4203 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4204 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4205 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4206 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4207 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4208 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4209 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4210 * in current regulatory domain. 4211 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4212 * currently defined 4213 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4214 * 4215 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4216 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4217 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4218 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4219 */ 4220 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4221 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4222 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4223 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4224 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4225 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4226 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4227 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4228 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4229 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4230 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4231 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4232 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4233 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4234 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4235 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4236 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4237 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4238 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4239 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4240 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4241 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4242 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4243 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4244 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4245 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4246 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4247 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4248 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4249 4250 /* keep last */ 4251 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4252 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4253 }; 4254 4255 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4256 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4257 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4258 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4259 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4260 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4261 4262 /** 4263 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4264 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4265 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4266 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4267 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4268 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4269 * currently defined 4270 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4271 */ 4272 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4273 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4274 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4275 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4276 4277 /* keep last */ 4278 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4279 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4280 }; 4281 4282 /** 4283 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4284 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4285 * regulatory domain. 4286 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4287 * regulatory domain. 4288 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4289 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4290 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4291 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4292 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4293 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4294 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4295 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4296 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4297 */ 4298 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4299 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4300 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4301 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4302 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4303 }; 4304 4305 /** 4306 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4307 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4308 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4309 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4310 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4311 * domain. 4312 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4313 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4314 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4315 * them to be applied. 4316 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4317 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4318 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4319 * domain request to be processed. 4320 */ 4321 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4322 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4323 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4324 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4325 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4326 }; 4327 4328 /** 4329 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4330 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4331 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4332 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4333 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4334 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4335 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4336 * band edge. 4337 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4338 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4339 * band edge. 4340 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4341 * frequency range, in KHz. 4342 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4343 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4344 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4345 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4346 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4347 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4348 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4349 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4350 * currently defined 4351 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4352 */ 4353 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4354 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4355 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4356 4357 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4358 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4359 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4360 4361 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4362 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4363 4364 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4365 4366 /* keep last */ 4367 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4368 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4369 }; 4370 4371 /** 4372 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4373 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4374 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4375 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4376 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4377 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4378 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4379 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4380 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4381 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4382 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4383 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4384 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4385 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4386 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4387 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4388 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4389 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4390 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4391 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4392 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4393 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4394 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 4395 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 4396 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 4397 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 4398 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 4399 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 4400 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 4401 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 4402 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4403 * attribute number currently defined 4404 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4405 */ 4406 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4407 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4408 4409 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4410 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4411 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4412 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4413 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4414 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 4415 4416 /* keep last */ 4417 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4418 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4419 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4420 }; 4421 4422 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4423 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4424 4425 /** 4426 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4427 * 4428 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4429 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4430 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4431 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4432 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4433 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4434 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4435 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4436 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4437 * beaconing. 4438 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4439 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4440 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4441 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4442 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4443 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4444 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4445 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4446 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4447 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4448 */ 4449 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4450 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4451 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4452 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4453 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4454 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4455 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4456 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4457 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4458 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4459 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4460 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4461 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4462 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4463 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4464 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4465 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4466 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, 4467 }; 4468 4469 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4470 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4471 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4472 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4473 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4474 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4475 4476 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4477 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4478 4479 /** 4480 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4481 * 4482 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4483 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4484 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4485 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4486 */ 4487 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4488 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4489 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4490 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4491 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4492 }; 4493 4494 /** 4495 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4496 * 4497 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4498 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4499 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4500 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4501 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4502 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4503 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4504 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4505 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4506 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4507 * supported feature. 4508 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4509 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4510 */ 4511 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4512 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4513 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4514 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4515 }; 4516 4517 /** 4518 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4519 * 4520 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4521 * when getting information about a survey. 4522 * 4523 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4524 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4525 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4526 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4527 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4528 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4529 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4530 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4531 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4532 * channel was sensed busy 4533 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4534 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4535 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4536 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4537 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4538 * (on this channel or globally) 4539 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4540 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4541 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4542 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4543 * currently defined 4544 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4545 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4546 */ 4547 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4548 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4549 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4550 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4551 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4552 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4553 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4554 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4555 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4556 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4557 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4558 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4559 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4560 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4561 4562 /* keep last */ 4563 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4564 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4565 }; 4566 4567 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4568 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4569 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4570 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4571 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4572 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4573 4574 /** 4575 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4576 * 4577 * Monitor configuration flags. 4578 * 4579 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4580 * 4581 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4582 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4583 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4584 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4585 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4586 * overrides all other flags. 4587 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4588 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4589 * 4590 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4591 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4592 */ 4593 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4594 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4595 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4596 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4597 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4598 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4599 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4600 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4601 4602 /* keep last */ 4603 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4604 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4605 }; 4606 4607 /** 4608 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4609 * 4610 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4611 * not known or has not been set yet. 4612 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4613 * in Awake state all the time. 4614 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4615 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4616 * neighbor's beacons. 4617 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4618 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4619 * for neighbor's beacons. 4620 * 4621 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4622 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4623 */ 4624 4625 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4626 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4627 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4628 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4629 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4630 4631 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4632 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4633 }; 4634 4635 /** 4636 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4637 * 4638 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4639 * active. 4640 * 4641 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4642 * 4643 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4644 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4645 * 4646 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4647 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4648 * 4649 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4650 * millisecond units 4651 * 4652 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4653 * on this mesh interface 4654 * 4655 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4656 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4657 * mesh 4658 * 4659 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4660 * point. 4661 * 4662 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4663 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4664 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4665 * set. 4666 * 4667 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4668 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4669 * target) 4670 * 4671 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4672 * (in milliseconds) 4673 * 4674 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4675 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4676 * 4677 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4678 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4679 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4680 * 4681 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4682 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4683 * reference element 4684 * 4685 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4686 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4687 * mesh 4688 * 4689 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4690 * 4691 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4692 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4693 * 4694 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4695 * root announcements are transmitted. 4696 * 4697 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4698 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4699 * Announcement frames. 4700 * 4701 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4702 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4703 * PERR element. 4704 * 4705 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4706 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4707 * 4708 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4709 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4710 * a peer link. 4711 * 4712 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4713 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4714 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4715 * 4716 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4717 * 4718 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4719 * 4720 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4721 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4722 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4723 * 4724 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4725 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4726 * 4727 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4728 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4729 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4730 * 4731 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4732 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4733 * 4734 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4735 * 4736 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4737 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4738 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4739 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4740 * 4741 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4742 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4743 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4744 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4745 * 4746 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4747 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4748 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4749 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4750 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4751 * 4752 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4753 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4754 * in the mesh formation field. 4755 * 4756 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4757 */ 4758 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4759 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4760 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4761 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4762 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4763 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4764 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4765 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4766 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4767 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4768 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4769 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4770 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4771 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4772 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4773 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4774 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4775 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4776 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4777 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4778 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4779 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4780 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4781 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4782 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4783 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4784 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4785 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4786 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4787 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4788 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4789 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4790 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4791 4792 /* keep last */ 4793 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4794 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4795 }; 4796 4797 /** 4798 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4799 * 4800 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4801 * changed while the mesh is active. 4802 * 4803 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4804 * 4805 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4806 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4807 * default HWMP. 4808 * 4809 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4810 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4811 * metric. 4812 * 4813 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4814 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4815 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4816 * metrics in use. 4817 * 4818 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4819 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4820 * 4821 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4822 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4823 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4824 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4825 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4826 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4827 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4828 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4829 * userspace daemon. 4830 * 4831 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4832 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4833 * neighbor offset synchronization 4834 * 4835 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4836 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4837 * 4838 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4839 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4840 * Default is no authentication method required. 4841 * 4842 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4843 * 4844 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4845 */ 4846 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4847 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4848 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4849 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4850 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4851 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4852 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4853 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4854 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4855 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4856 4857 /* keep last */ 4858 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4859 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4860 }; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4864 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4865 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4866 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4867 * disabled 4868 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4869 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4870 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4871 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4872 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4873 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4874 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4875 */ 4876 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4877 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4878 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4879 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4880 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4881 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4882 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4883 4884 /* keep last */ 4885 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4886 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4887 }; 4888 4889 enum nl80211_ac { 4890 NL80211_AC_VO, 4891 NL80211_AC_VI, 4892 NL80211_AC_BE, 4893 NL80211_AC_BK, 4894 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4895 }; 4896 4897 /* backward compat */ 4898 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4899 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4900 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4901 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4902 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4903 4904 /** 4905 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4906 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4907 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4908 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4909 * below the control channel 4910 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4911 * above the control channel 4912 */ 4913 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4914 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4915 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4916 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4917 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4918 }; 4919 4920 /** 4921 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4922 * 4923 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4924 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4925 * 4926 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4927 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4928 * 4929 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4930 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4931 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4932 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4933 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4934 */ 4935 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4936 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4937 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4938 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4939 }; 4940 4941 /** 4942 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4943 * 4944 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4945 * attribute. 4946 * 4947 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4948 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4949 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4950 * attribute must be provided as well 4951 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4952 * attribute must be provided as well 4953 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4954 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4955 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4956 * attribute must be provided as well 4957 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4958 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4959 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4960 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4961 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4962 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4963 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4964 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4965 * attribute must be provided as well 4966 */ 4967 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4968 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4969 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4970 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4971 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4972 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4973 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4974 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4975 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4976 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4977 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4978 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4979 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4980 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4981 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 4982 }; 4983 4984 /** 4985 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4986 * 4987 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4988 * 4989 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4990 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4991 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4992 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4993 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4994 */ 4995 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4996 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4997 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4998 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4999 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5000 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5001 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5002 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5003 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5004 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 5005 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 5006 }; 5007 5008 /** 5009 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5010 * 5011 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5012 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5013 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5014 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5015 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5016 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5017 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5018 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5019 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5020 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5021 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5022 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5023 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5024 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5025 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5026 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5027 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5028 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5029 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5030 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5031 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5032 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5033 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5034 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5035 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5036 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5037 * yet been received 5038 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5039 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 5040 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5041 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5042 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5043 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5044 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5045 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5046 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5047 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5048 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5049 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5050 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5051 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5052 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5053 * is set. 5054 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5055 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5056 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5057 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5058 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5059 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5060 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5061 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5062 */ 5063 enum nl80211_bss { 5064 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5065 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5066 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5067 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5068 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5069 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5070 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5071 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5072 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5073 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5074 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5075 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5076 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5077 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5078 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5079 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5080 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5081 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5082 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5083 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5084 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5085 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5086 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5087 NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5088 NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5089 NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5090 5091 /* keep last */ 5092 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5093 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5094 }; 5095 5096 /** 5097 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5098 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5099 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5100 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5101 * a given BSS. 5102 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5103 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5104 * 5105 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5106 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5107 */ 5108 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5109 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5110 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5111 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5112 }; 5113 5114 /** 5115 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5116 * 5117 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5118 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5119 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5120 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5121 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5122 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5123 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5124 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5125 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5126 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5127 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5128 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5129 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5130 */ 5131 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5132 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5133 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5134 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5135 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5136 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5137 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5138 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5139 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5140 5141 /* keep last */ 5142 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5143 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5144 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5145 }; 5146 5147 /** 5148 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5149 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5150 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5151 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5152 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5153 */ 5154 enum nl80211_key_type { 5155 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5156 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5157 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5158 5159 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5160 }; 5161 5162 /** 5163 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5164 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5165 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5166 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5167 */ 5168 enum nl80211_mfp { 5169 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5170 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5171 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5172 }; 5173 5174 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5175 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5176 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5177 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5178 }; 5179 5180 /** 5181 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5182 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5183 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5184 * unicast key 5185 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5186 * multicast key 5187 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5188 */ 5189 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5190 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5191 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5192 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5193 5194 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5195 }; 5196 5197 /** 5198 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5199 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5200 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5201 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5202 * keys 5203 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5204 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5205 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5206 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5207 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5208 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5209 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5210 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5211 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5212 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5213 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5214 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5215 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5216 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5217 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5218 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5219 * 5220 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5221 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5222 */ 5223 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5224 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5225 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5226 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5227 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5228 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5229 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5230 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5231 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5232 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5233 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5234 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5235 5236 /* keep last */ 5237 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5238 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5239 }; 5240 5241 /** 5242 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5243 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5244 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5245 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5246 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5247 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5248 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5249 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5250 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5251 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5252 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5253 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5254 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5255 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5256 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5257 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5258 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5259 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new max 5260 * implemented attribute if NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* 5261 * attributes enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes. 5262 */ 5263 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5264 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5265 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5266 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5267 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5268 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5269 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5270 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5271 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5272 NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5273 NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5274 NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5275 NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 5276 NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 5277 5278 /* keep last */ 5279 __NL80211_TXRATE_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5280 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5281 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5282 }; 5283 5284 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5285 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5286 5287 /** 5288 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5289 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5290 */ 5291 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5292 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5293 }; 5294 5295 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5296 /** 5297 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5298 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5299 */ 5300 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5301 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5302 }; 5303 5304 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5305 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5306 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5307 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5308 }; 5309 5310 /** 5311 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5312 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5313 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5314 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5315 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5316 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5317 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5318 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5319 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5320 */ 5321 enum nl80211_band { 5322 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5323 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5324 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5325 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5326 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5327 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5328 5329 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5330 }; 5331 5332 /** 5333 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5334 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5335 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5336 */ 5337 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5338 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5339 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5340 }; 5341 5342 /** 5343 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5344 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5345 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5346 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5347 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5348 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5349 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5350 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5351 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5352 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5353 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5354 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5355 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5356 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5357 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5358 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5359 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5360 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5361 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5362 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5363 * checked. 5364 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5365 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5366 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5367 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5368 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5369 * loss event 5370 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5371 * RSSI threshold event. 5372 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5373 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5374 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new 5375 * max implemented attribute if NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* 5376 * attributes enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes. 5377 */ 5378 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5379 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5380 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5381 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5382 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5383 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5384 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5385 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5386 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5387 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5388 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5389 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5390 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5391 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5392 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 5393 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 5394 5395 /* keep last */ 5396 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5397 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5398 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5399 }; 5400 5401 /** 5402 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5403 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5404 * configured threshold 5405 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5406 * configured threshold 5407 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5408 */ 5409 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5410 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5411 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5412 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5413 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5414 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5415 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5416 }; 5417 5418 5419 /** 5420 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5421 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5422 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5423 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5424 */ 5425 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5426 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5427 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5428 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5429 }; 5430 5431 /** 5432 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5433 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5434 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5435 */ 5436 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5437 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5438 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5439 }; 5440 5441 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5442 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5443 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5444 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5445 */ 5446 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5447 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5448 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5449 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5450 }; 5451 5452 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5453 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5454 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5455 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5456 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5457 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5458 * per peer instead. 5459 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 5460 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5461 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5462 * should be left untouched. 5463 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5464 * Its type is u16. 5465 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5466 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5467 * Its type is u8. 5468 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5469 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5470 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5471 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5472 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5473 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5474 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5475 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5476 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5477 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5478 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5479 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5480 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5481 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5482 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5483 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5484 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5485 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5486 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5487 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5488 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5489 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5490 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5491 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5492 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5493 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5494 * station. 5495 * @__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with 5496 * new max implemented attribute if 5497 * NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* attributes enabled while 5498 * backporting upstream UAPI changes. 5499 */ 5500 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5501 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5502 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5503 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5504 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5505 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5506 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5507 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5508 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5509 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5510 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5511 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5512 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5513 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5514 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5515 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5516 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5517 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5518 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 5519 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 5520 5521 /* keep last */ 5522 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5523 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5524 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5525 }; 5526 5527 /** 5528 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5529 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5530 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5531 * a zero bit are ignored 5532 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5533 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5534 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5535 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5536 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5537 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5538 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5539 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5540 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5541 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5542 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5543 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5544 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5545 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5546 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5547 */ 5548 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5549 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5550 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5551 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5552 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5553 5554 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5555 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5556 }; 5557 5558 /** 5559 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5560 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5561 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5562 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5563 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5564 * 5565 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5566 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5567 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5568 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5569 * by the kernel to userspace. 5570 */ 5571 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5572 __u32 max_patterns; 5573 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5574 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5575 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5576 } __attribute__((packed)); 5577 5578 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5579 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5580 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5581 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5582 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5583 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5584 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5585 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5586 5587 /** 5588 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5589 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5590 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5591 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5592 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5593 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5594 * any others are even supported by the device. 5595 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5596 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5597 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5598 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5599 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5600 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5601 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5602 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5603 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5604 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5605 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5606 * 5607 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5608 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5609 * 5610 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5611 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5612 * to the kernel when configuring. 5613 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5614 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5615 * by the device (flag) 5616 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5617 * done by the device) (flag) 5618 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5619 * packet (flag) 5620 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5621 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5622 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5623 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5624 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5625 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5626 * attribute contains the original length. 5627 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5628 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5629 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5630 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5631 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5632 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5633 * contains the original length. 5634 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5635 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5636 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5637 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5638 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5639 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5640 * the TCP connection. 5641 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5642 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5643 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5644 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5645 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5646 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5647 * service 5648 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5649 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5650 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5651 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5652 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5653 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5654 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5655 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5656 * supported by the driver (u32). 5657 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5658 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5659 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5660 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5661 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5662 * occurred. 5663 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5664 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5666 * these attributes must be present. If 5667 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5668 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5669 * channel. 5670 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5671 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5672 * 5673 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5674 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5675 */ 5676 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5677 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5678 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5679 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5680 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5681 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5682 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5683 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5684 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5685 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5686 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5687 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5688 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5689 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5690 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5691 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5692 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5693 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5694 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5695 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5696 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5697 5698 /* keep last */ 5699 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5700 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5701 }; 5702 5703 /** 5704 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5705 * 5706 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5707 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5708 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5709 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5710 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5711 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5712 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5713 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5714 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5715 * 5716 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5717 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5718 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5719 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5720 * also woken up. 5721 * 5722 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5723 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5724 */ 5725 5726 /** 5727 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5728 * @start: starting value 5729 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5730 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5731 * 5732 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5733 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5734 * in little endian. 5735 */ 5736 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5737 __u32 start, offset, len; 5738 }; 5739 5740 /** 5741 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5742 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5743 * @len: length of each token 5744 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5745 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5746 */ 5747 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5748 __u32 offset, len; 5749 __u8 token_stream[]; 5750 }; 5751 5752 /** 5753 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5754 * @min_len: minimum token length 5755 * @max_len: maximum token length 5756 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5757 */ 5758 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5759 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5760 }; 5761 5762 /** 5763 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5764 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5765 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5766 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5767 * (in network byte order) 5768 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5769 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5770 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5771 * might require ARP querying. 5772 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5773 * socket and port will be allocated 5774 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5775 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5776 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5777 * of the data payload. 5778 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5779 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5780 * advertising it is just a flag 5781 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5782 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5783 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5784 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5785 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5786 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5787 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5788 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5789 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5790 * but on the TCP payload only. 5791 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5792 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5793 */ 5794 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5795 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5796 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5797 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5798 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5799 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5800 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5801 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5802 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5803 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5804 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5805 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5806 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5807 5808 /* keep last */ 5809 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5810 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5811 }; 5812 5813 /** 5814 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5815 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5816 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5817 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5818 * 5819 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5820 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5821 */ 5822 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5823 __u32 max_rules; 5824 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5825 __u32 max_delay; 5826 } __attribute__((packed)); 5827 5828 /** 5829 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5830 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5831 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5832 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5833 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5834 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5835 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5836 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5837 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5838 */ 5839 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5840 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5841 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5842 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5843 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5844 5845 /* keep last */ 5846 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5847 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5848 }; 5849 5850 /** 5851 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5852 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5853 * in a rule are matched. 5854 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5855 * in a rule are not matched. 5856 */ 5857 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5858 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5859 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5860 }; 5861 5862 /** 5863 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5864 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5865 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5866 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5867 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5868 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5869 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5870 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5871 */ 5872 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5873 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5874 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5875 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5876 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5877 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5878 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5879 5880 /* keep last */ 5881 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5882 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5883 }; 5884 5885 /** 5886 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5887 * 5888 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5889 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5890 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5891 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5892 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5893 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5894 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5895 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5896 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5897 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5898 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5899 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5900 * different channels may be used within this group. 5901 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5902 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5903 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5904 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5905 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5906 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5907 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5908 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5909 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5910 * 5911 * Examples: 5912 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5913 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5914 * 5915 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5916 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5917 * 5918 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5919 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 5920 * 5921 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5922 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5923 * 5924 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5925 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5926 * that any of these groups must match. 5927 * 5928 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5929 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5930 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5931 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5932 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5933 */ 5934 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5935 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5936 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5937 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5938 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5939 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5940 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5941 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5942 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5943 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1, 5944 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2, 5945 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 5946 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 5947 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 5948 5949 /* keep last */ 5950 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5951 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5952 }; 5953 5954 5955 /** 5956 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5957 * 5958 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5959 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5960 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5961 * this mesh peer 5962 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5963 * from this mesh peer 5964 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5965 * received from this mesh peer 5966 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5967 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5968 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5969 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 5970 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5971 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5972 */ 5973 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5974 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5975 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5976 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5977 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5978 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5979 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5980 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5981 5982 /* keep last */ 5983 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5984 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5985 }; 5986 5987 /** 5988 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5989 * 5990 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5991 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5992 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5993 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5994 */ 5995 enum plink_actions { 5996 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5997 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5998 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5999 6000 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6001 }; 6002 6003 6004 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6005 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6006 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6007 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6008 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6009 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6010 6011 /** 6012 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6013 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6014 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6015 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6016 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6017 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6018 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6019 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6020 */ 6021 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6022 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6023 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6024 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6025 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6026 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6027 6028 /* keep last */ 6029 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6030 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6031 }; 6032 6033 /** 6034 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6035 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6036 * Beacon frames) 6037 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6038 * in Beacon frames 6039 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6040 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6041 */ 6042 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6043 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6044 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6045 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6046 }; 6047 6048 /** 6049 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6050 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6051 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6052 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6053 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6054 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6055 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6056 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6057 */ 6058 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6059 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6060 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6061 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6062 6063 /* keep last */ 6064 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6065 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6066 }; 6067 6068 /** 6069 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6070 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6071 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6072 * priority) 6073 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6074 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6075 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6076 * (internal) 6077 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6078 * (internal) 6079 */ 6080 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6081 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6082 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6083 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6084 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6085 6086 /* keep last */ 6087 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6088 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6089 }; 6090 6091 /** 6092 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6093 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6094 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6095 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6096 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6097 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6098 */ 6099 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6100 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6101 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6102 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6103 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6104 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6105 }; 6106 6107 /** 6108 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6109 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6110 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6111 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6112 */ 6113 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6114 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6115 NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1 = 1 << 1, 6116 NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2 = 1 << 2, 6117 NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3 = 1 << 3, 6118 }; 6119 6120 /** 6121 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6122 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6123 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6124 * socket option. 6125 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6126 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6127 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6128 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6129 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6130 * cellular base stations. 6131 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6132 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6133 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6134 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6135 * mode 6136 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6137 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6138 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6139 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6140 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6141 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6142 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6143 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6144 * setting 6145 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6146 * powersave 6147 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6148 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6149 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6150 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6151 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6152 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6153 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6154 * states using station flags. 6155 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6156 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6157 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6158 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6159 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6160 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6161 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6162 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6163 * still generated by the driver. 6164 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6165 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6166 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6167 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6168 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6169 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6170 * lifetime of a BSS. 6171 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6172 * Set IE to probe requests. 6173 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6174 * to probe requests. 6175 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6176 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6177 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6178 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6179 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6180 * Measurement Report action frame. 6181 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6182 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6183 * to enable dynack. 6184 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6185 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6186 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6187 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6188 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6189 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6190 * rts/cts handshake. 6191 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6192 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6193 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6194 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6195 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6196 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6197 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6198 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6199 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6200 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6201 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6202 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6203 * address mask/value will be used. 6204 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6205 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6206 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6207 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6208 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6209 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6210 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6211 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6212 */ 6213 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6214 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6215 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6216 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6217 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6218 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6219 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6220 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6221 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6222 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6223 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6224 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6225 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6226 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6227 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6228 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6229 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6230 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6231 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6232 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6233 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6234 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6235 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6236 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6237 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6238 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6239 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6240 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6241 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6242 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6243 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6244 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6245 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6246 }; 6247 6248 /** 6249 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6250 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6251 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6252 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6253 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6254 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6255 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 6256 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6257 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6258 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6259 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6260 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6261 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6262 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6263 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6264 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6265 * (if available). 6266 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6267 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 6268 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6269 * (if available). 6270 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6271 * channel dwell time. 6272 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6273 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 6274 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6275 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6276 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6277 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6278 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6279 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6280 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6281 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6282 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6283 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6284 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6285 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6286 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6287 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6288 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6289 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6290 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6291 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6292 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6293 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6294 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6295 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6296 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6297 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6298 * be supported. 6299 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6300 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6301 * actual dwell time. 6302 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6303 * response 6304 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6305 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6306 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6307 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6308 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6309 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6310 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6311 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6312 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6313 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6314 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6315 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6316 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6317 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6318 * "radar detected" event. 6319 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6320 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6321 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6322 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6323 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6324 * TXQs. 6325 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6326 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6327 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6328 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6329 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6330 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6331 * timing measurement responder role. 6332 * 6333 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6334 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6335 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6336 * freeze the connection. 6337 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6338 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6339 * 6340 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6341 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6342 * scheduling. 6343 * 6344 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6345 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6346 * 6347 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 6348 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 6349 * 6350 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6351 * to a station. 6352 * 6353 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6354 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6355 * 6356 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6357 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6358 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6359 * 6360 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6361 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6362 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6363 * 6364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6365 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6367 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6368 * 6369 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6370 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6371 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6372 * 6373 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6374 * 6375 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6376 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6377 * 6378 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6379 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6380 * 6381 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6382 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6383 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6384 * included in the scan request. 6385 * 6386 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6387 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6388 * 6389 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6390 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6391 * 6392 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6393 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6394 * command). 6395 * 6396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6397 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6398 * 6399 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6400 * frames transmission 6401 * 6402 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6403 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6404 * 6405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6406 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6407 * 6408 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6409 * exchange protocol. 6410 * 6411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6412 * exchange protocol. 6413 * 6414 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6415 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6416 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6417 * 6418 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6419 * detection and change announcemnts. 6420 * 6421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6422 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6423 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6424 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6425 * 6426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6427 * detection. 6428 * 6429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6430 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6431 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6432 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6433 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6434 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6435 * in progress, and no active connections. 6436 * 6437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 6438 * 6439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 6440 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 6441 * 6442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 6443 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 6444 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 6445 * 6446 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6447 * handling in station mode. 6448 * 6449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6450 * handling in AP mode. 6451 * 6452 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6453 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6454 */ 6455 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6456 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6457 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6458 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6459 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6460 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6461 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6462 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6463 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6464 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6465 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6466 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6467 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6468 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6469 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6470 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6471 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6472 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6473 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6474 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6475 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6476 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6477 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6478 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6479 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6480 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6481 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6482 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6483 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6484 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6485 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6486 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6487 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6488 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6489 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6490 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6493 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 6494 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6495 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6496 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6497 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6498 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6502 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6503 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6504 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6505 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6506 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6507 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6508 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6509 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6510 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6511 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6512 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6513 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6514 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6515 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6516 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6517 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6518 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6519 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6520 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 6521 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 6522 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 6523 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 6524 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6525 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3, 6526 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4, 6527 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5, 6528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6, 6529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7, 6530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8, 6531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9, 6532 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10, 6533 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_11, 6534 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_12, 6535 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_13, 6536 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_14, 6537 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_15, 6538 6539 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6540 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6541 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6542 }; 6543 6544 /** 6545 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6546 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6547 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6548 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6549 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6550 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6551 * to the host. 6552 * 6553 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6554 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6555 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6556 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6557 */ 6558 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6559 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6560 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6561 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6562 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6563 }; 6564 6565 /** 6566 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6567 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6568 * handled by the AP is reached. 6569 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6570 */ 6571 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6572 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6573 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6574 }; 6575 6576 /** 6577 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6578 * 6579 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6580 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6581 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6582 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6583 */ 6584 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6585 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6586 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6587 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6588 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6589 }; 6590 6591 /** 6592 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6593 * 6594 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6595 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6596 * requests. 6597 * 6598 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6599 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6600 * one of them can be used in the request. 6601 * 6602 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6603 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6604 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6605 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6606 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6607 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6608 * when really needed 6609 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6610 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6611 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6612 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6613 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6614 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6615 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6616 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6617 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6618 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6619 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6620 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6621 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6622 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6623 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6624 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6625 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6626 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6627 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6628 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6629 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6630 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6631 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6632 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6633 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6634 * impacted with this flag. 6635 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6636 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6637 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6638 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6639 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6640 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6641 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6642 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6643 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6644 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6645 * possible. 6646 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6647 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6648 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6649 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6650 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6651 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6652 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6653 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6654 */ 6655 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6656 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6657 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6658 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6659 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6660 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6661 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6662 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6663 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6664 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6665 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6666 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6667 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6668 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6669 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6670 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6671 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1 = 1<<15, 6672 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2 = 1<<16, 6673 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3 = 1<<17, 6674 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4 = 1<<18, 6675 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5 = 1<<19, 6676 }; 6677 6678 /** 6679 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6680 * 6681 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6682 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6683 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6684 * 6685 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6686 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6687 * in ACL to authenticate. 6688 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6689 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6690 */ 6691 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6692 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6693 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6694 }; 6695 6696 /** 6697 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6698 * 6699 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6700 * 6701 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6702 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6703 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6704 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6705 */ 6706 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6707 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6708 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6709 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6710 6711 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6712 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6713 }; 6714 6715 /** 6716 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6717 * 6718 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6719 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6720 * 6721 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6722 * now unusable. 6723 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6724 * the channel is now available. 6725 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6726 * change to the channel status. 6727 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6728 * over, channel becomes usable. 6729 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6730 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6731 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6732 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6733 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6734 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6735 */ 6736 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6737 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6738 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6739 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6740 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6741 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6742 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6743 }; 6744 6745 /** 6746 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6747 * 6748 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6749 * 6750 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6751 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6752 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6753 * is therefore marked as not available. 6754 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6755 */ 6756 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6757 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6758 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6759 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6760 }; 6761 6762 /** 6763 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6764 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6765 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6766 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6767 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6768 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6769 */ 6770 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6771 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6772 }; 6773 6774 /** 6775 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6776 * 6777 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6778 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6779 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6780 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6781 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6782 */ 6783 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6784 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6785 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6786 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6787 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6788 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6789 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6790 }; 6791 6792 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6793 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6794 6795 /** 6796 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6797 * 6798 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6799 * 6800 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6801 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6802 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6803 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6804 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6805 */ 6806 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6807 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6808 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6809 }; 6810 6811 /* 6812 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6813 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6814 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6815 */ 6816 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6817 6818 /** 6819 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6820 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6821 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6822 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6823 * added to this file when needed. 6824 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6825 */ 6826 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6827 __u32 vendor_id; 6828 __u32 subcmd; 6829 }; 6830 6831 /** 6832 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6833 * 6834 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6835 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6836 * 6837 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6838 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6839 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6840 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6841 */ 6842 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6843 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6844 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6845 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6846 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6847 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1 = 1<<4, 6848 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2 = 1<<5, 6849 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3 = 1<<6, 6850 }; 6851 6852 /** 6853 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6854 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6855 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6856 * seconds (u32). 6857 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6858 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6859 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6860 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6861 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6862 * currently defined 6863 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6864 */ 6865 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6866 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6867 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6868 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6869 6870 /* keep last */ 6871 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6872 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6873 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6874 }; 6875 6876 /** 6877 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6878 * 6879 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6880 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6881 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6882 */ 6883 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6884 __u8 band; 6885 __s8 delta; 6886 } __attribute__((packed)); 6887 6888 /** 6889 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6890 * 6891 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6892 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6893 * is requested. 6894 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6895 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6896 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6897 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6898 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6899 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6900 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6901 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6902 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6903 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6904 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6905 * 6906 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6907 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6908 * which the driver shall use. 6909 */ 6910 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6911 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6912 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6913 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6914 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6915 6916 /* keep last */ 6917 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6918 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6919 }; 6920 6921 /** 6922 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6923 * 6924 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6925 * 6926 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6927 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6928 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6929 */ 6930 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6931 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6932 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6933 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6934 6935 /* keep last */ 6936 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6937 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6938 }; 6939 6940 /** 6941 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6942 * 6943 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6944 * 6945 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6946 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6947 */ 6948 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6949 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6950 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6951 }; 6952 6953 /** 6954 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6955 * 6956 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6957 * 6958 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6959 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6960 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6961 */ 6962 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6963 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6964 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6965 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6966 }; 6967 6968 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6969 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6970 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6971 6972 /** 6973 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6974 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6975 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6976 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6977 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6978 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6979 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6980 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6981 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6982 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6983 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6984 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6985 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6986 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6987 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6988 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6989 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6990 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6991 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6992 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6993 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6994 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6995 * This is a flag. 6996 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6997 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6998 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6999 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7000 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7001 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7002 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7003 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7004 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7005 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7006 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7007 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7008 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7009 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7010 * 7011 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7012 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7013 */ 7014 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7015 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7016 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7017 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7018 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7019 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7020 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7021 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7022 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7023 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7024 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7025 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7026 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7027 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7028 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7029 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7030 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7031 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7032 7033 /* keep last */ 7034 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7035 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7036 }; 7037 7038 /** 7039 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7040 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7041 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7042 * This is a flag. 7043 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7044 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7045 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7046 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7047 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7048 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7049 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7050 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7051 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7052 */ 7053 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7054 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7055 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7056 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7057 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7058 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7059 7060 /* keep last */ 7061 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7062 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7063 }; 7064 7065 /** 7066 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7067 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7068 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7069 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7070 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7071 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7072 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7073 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7074 * 7075 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7076 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7077 */ 7078 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7079 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7080 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7081 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7082 7083 /* keep last */ 7084 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7085 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7086 }; 7087 7088 /** 7089 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7090 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7091 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7092 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7093 */ 7094 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7095 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7096 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7097 }; 7098 7099 /** 7100 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7101 * responder attributes 7102 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7103 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7104 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7105 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7106 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7107 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7108 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7109 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7110 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7111 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7112 */ 7113 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7114 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7115 7116 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7117 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7118 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7119 7120 /* keep last */ 7121 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7122 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7123 }; 7124 7125 /* 7126 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7127 * 7128 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7129 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7130 * 7131 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7132 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7133 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7134 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7135 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7136 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7137 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7138 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7139 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7140 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7141 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7142 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7143 * phase with the responder (u32) 7144 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7145 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7146 * FTM slot (u32) 7147 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7148 * scheduled window (u32) 7149 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7150 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7151 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7152 */ 7153 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7154 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7155 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7156 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7157 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7158 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7159 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7160 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7161 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7162 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7163 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7164 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7165 7166 /* keep last */ 7167 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7168 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7169 }; 7170 7171 /** 7172 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7173 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7174 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7175 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7176 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7177 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7178 */ 7179 enum nl80211_preamble { 7180 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7181 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7182 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7183 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7184 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7185 }; 7186 7187 /** 7188 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7189 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7190 * these numbers also for attributes 7191 * 7192 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7193 * 7194 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7195 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7196 */ 7197 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7198 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7199 7200 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7201 7202 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7203 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7204 }; 7205 7206 /** 7207 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7208 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7209 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7210 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7211 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7212 * reason may be available in the response data 7213 */ 7214 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7215 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7216 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7217 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7218 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7219 }; 7220 7221 /** 7222 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7223 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7224 * 7225 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7226 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7227 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7228 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7229 * (flag attribute) 7230 * 7231 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7233 */ 7234 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7235 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7236 7237 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7238 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7239 7240 /* keep last */ 7241 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7242 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7243 }; 7244 7245 /** 7246 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7247 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7248 * 7249 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7250 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7251 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7252 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7253 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7254 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7255 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7256 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7257 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7258 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7259 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7260 * (u64, usec) 7261 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7262 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7263 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7264 * result. 7265 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7266 * 7267 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7268 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7269 */ 7270 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7271 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7272 7273 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7274 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7275 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7276 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7277 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7278 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7279 7280 /* keep last */ 7281 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7282 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7283 }; 7284 7285 /** 7286 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7287 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7288 * 7289 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7290 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7291 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7292 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7293 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7294 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7295 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7296 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7297 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7298 * 7299 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7300 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7301 */ 7302 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7303 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7304 7305 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7306 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7307 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7308 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7309 7310 /* keep last */ 7311 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7312 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7313 }; 7314 7315 /** 7316 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7317 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7318 * 7319 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7320 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7321 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7322 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7323 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7324 * measurement results 7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7326 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7327 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7328 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7329 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7330 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7332 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7333 * sub-attributes taken from 7334 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7335 * 7336 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7337 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7338 */ 7339 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7340 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7341 7342 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7343 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7344 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7345 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7346 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7347 7348 /* keep last */ 7349 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7350 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7351 }; 7352 7353 /** 7354 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7355 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7356 * 7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7358 * is supported 7359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7360 * mode is supported 7361 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7362 * data can be requested during the measurement 7363 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7364 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7365 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7366 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7367 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7368 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7369 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7370 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7371 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7372 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7373 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7374 * is valid) 7375 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7376 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7377 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7378 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7379 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7380 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7381 * 7382 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7384 */ 7385 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7386 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7387 7388 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7389 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7390 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7391 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7392 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7393 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7394 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7395 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7396 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7397 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7398 7399 /* keep last */ 7400 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7401 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7402 }; 7403 7404 /** 7405 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7406 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7407 * 7408 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7409 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7410 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7411 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7412 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7413 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7414 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7415 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7416 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7417 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7418 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7420 * requested per burst 7421 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7423 * (u8, default 3) 7424 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7425 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7426 * (flag) 7427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7428 * measurement (flag). 7429 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7430 * mutually exclusive. 7431 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7432 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7433 * ranging will be used. 7434 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 7435 * ranging measurement (flag) 7436 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7437 * mutually exclusive. 7438 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7439 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7440 * ranging will be used. 7441 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7442 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7443 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7444 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7445 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7446 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7447 * 7448 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7450 */ 7451 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7452 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7453 7454 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7455 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7456 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7457 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7458 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7459 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7460 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7461 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7462 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7463 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7464 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7465 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7466 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7467 7468 /* keep last */ 7469 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7470 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7471 }; 7472 7473 /** 7474 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7475 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7476 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7477 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7478 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7479 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7480 * try and get no response) 7481 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7482 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7483 * received 7484 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7485 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7486 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7487 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7488 */ 7489 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7490 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7491 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7492 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7493 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7494 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7495 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7496 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7497 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7498 }; 7499 7500 /** 7501 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7502 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7503 * 7504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7505 * (u32, optional) 7506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7507 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7508 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7510 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7511 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7512 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 7513 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7514 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7515 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7516 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7517 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7518 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7519 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7520 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7521 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7522 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7523 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7524 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7525 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7526 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7527 * attributes) 7528 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7529 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7530 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7531 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7532 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7533 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7534 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7535 * optional) 7536 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7537 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7538 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7539 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7540 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7541 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7542 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7543 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7544 * Type 8. 7545 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7546 * (binary, optional); 7547 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7548 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7549 * Type 11. 7550 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7551 * 7552 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7553 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7554 */ 7555 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7556 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7557 7558 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7559 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7560 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7561 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7562 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7563 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7564 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7565 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7566 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7567 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7568 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7569 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7570 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7571 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7579 7580 /* keep last */ 7581 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7582 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7583 }; 7584 7585 /** 7586 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7587 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7588 * 7589 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7590 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7591 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7592 * tx power offset. 7593 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7594 * values used by members of the SRG. 7595 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7596 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7597 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7598 * 7599 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7600 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7601 */ 7602 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7603 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7604 7605 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7606 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7607 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7608 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7609 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7610 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7611 7612 /* keep last */ 7613 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7614 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7615 }; 7616 7617 /** 7618 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7619 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7620 * 7621 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7622 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7623 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7624 * 7625 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7626 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7627 */ 7628 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7629 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7630 7631 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7632 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7633 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7634 7635 /* keep last */ 7636 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7637 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7638 }; 7639 7640 /** 7641 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7642 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7643 * 7644 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7645 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7646 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7647 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7648 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7649 * 7650 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7651 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7652 */ 7653 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7654 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7655 7656 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7657 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7658 7659 /* keep last */ 7660 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7661 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7662 }; 7663 7664 /** 7665 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7666 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7667 * 7668 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7669 * 7670 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7671 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7672 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7673 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7674 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7675 * frame including the headers. 7676 * 7677 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7678 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7679 */ 7680 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7681 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7682 7683 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7684 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7685 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7686 7687 /* keep last */ 7688 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7689 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7690 }; 7691 7692 /* 7693 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7694 * mandatory fields. 7695 */ 7696 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7697 7698 /** 7699 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7700 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7701 * 7702 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7703 * 7704 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7705 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7706 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7707 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7708 * frame template (binary). 7709 * 7710 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7711 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7712 */ 7713 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7714 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7715 7716 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7717 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7718 7719 /* keep last */ 7720 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7721 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7722 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7723 }; 7724 7725 /** 7726 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7727 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7728 * used. 7729 * 7730 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7731 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7732 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7733 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7734 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7735 * can be used. 7736 */ 7737 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7738 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7739 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7740 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7741 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7742 }; 7743 7744 /** 7745 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7746 * 7747 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7748 * 7749 */ 7750 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7751 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7752 7753 /* add new type here */ 7754 7755 /* Keep last */ 7756 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7757 }; 7758 7759 /** 7760 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7761 * 7762 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7763 * 7764 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7765 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7766 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7767 * 7768 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7769 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7770 * 7771 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7772 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7773 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7774 * 7775 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7776 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7777 * 7778 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7779 */ 7780 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7781 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7782 7783 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7784 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7785 7786 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7787 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7788 }; 7789 7790 /** 7791 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7792 * 7793 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7794 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7795 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7796 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7797 * 7798 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7799 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7800 * is applied to this range. 7801 * 7802 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7803 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7804 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7805 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7806 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7807 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7808 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7809 * 7810 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7811 * 7812 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7813 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7814 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7815 * 7816 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7817 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7818 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7819 * 7820 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7821 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7822 */ 7823 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7824 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7825 7826 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7827 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7828 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7829 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7830 7831 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7832 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7833 }; 7834 7835 /** 7836 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7837 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7838 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7839 * MBSSID and EMA. 7840 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7841 * features. 7842 * 7843 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7844 * 7845 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7846 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7847 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7848 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7849 * 7850 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7851 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7852 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7853 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7854 * a non-zero value. 7855 * 7856 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7857 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7858 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7859 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7860 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7861 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7862 * 7863 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7864 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7865 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7866 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7867 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7868 * the interface index of the same. 7869 * 7870 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7871 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7872 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7873 * 7874 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7875 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7876 */ 7877 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7878 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7879 7880 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7881 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7882 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7883 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7884 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7885 7886 /* keep last */ 7887 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7888 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7889 }; 7890 7891 /** 7892 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7893 * 7894 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7895 * authentication. 7896 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7897 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7898 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7899 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7900 * userspace. 7901 */ 7902 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7903 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7904 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7905 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1 = 1 << 2, 7906 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2 = 1 << 3, 7907 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3 = 1 << 4, 7908 }; 7909 7910 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7911